1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 /* 30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 33 * 34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 38 * can actually be identified and removed. 39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 40 */ 41 #include <linux/types.h> 42 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 43 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 44 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 45 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 46 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 50 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 51 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 52 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 53 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 54 /** 55 * DOC: Station handling 56 * 57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 61 * to. 62 * 63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 64 * capabilities. 65 * 66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 72 * time mark it authorized. 73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 76 * 77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 78 */ 79 /** 80 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 81 * 82 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 83 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 84 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 85 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 86 * for various reasons. 87 * 88 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 89 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 90 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 91 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 92 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 93 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 94 * for doing that. 95 * 96 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 97 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 98 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 99 * 100 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 101 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 102 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 103 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 104 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 105 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 106 * 107 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 108 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 109 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 110 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 111 * 112 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 113 * below. 114 */ 115 /** 116 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 117 * 118 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 119 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 120 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 121 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 122 * 123 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 124 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 125 * types there no concurrency is implied. 126 * 127 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 128 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 129 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 130 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 131 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 132 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 133 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 134 * 135 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 136 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 137 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 138 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 139 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 140 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 141 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 142 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 143 * 144 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 145 * interfaces that a given device supports. 146 */ 147 /** 148 * DOC: packet coalesce support 149 * 150 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 151 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 152 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 153 * and power consumption. 154 * 155 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 156 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 157 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 158 * following events occur. 159 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 160 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 161 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 162 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 163 * 164 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 165 * rule. 166 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 167 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 168 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 169 * Multiple such rules can be created. 170 */ 171 /** 172 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 173 * 174 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 175 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 176 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 177 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 178 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 179 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 180 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 181 * 182 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 183 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 184 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 185 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 186 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 187 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 188 * not present. 189 * 190 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 191 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 192 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 193 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 194 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 195 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 196 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 197 * 198 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 199 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 200 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 201 */ 202 /** 203 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 204 * 205 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 206 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 208 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 209 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 210 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 211 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 213 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 216 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 217 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 218 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 219 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 220 * 221 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 222 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 223 * up a connection or after roaming. 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 227 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 228 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 229 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 230 * 231 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 232 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 233 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 234 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 235 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 236 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 237 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 238 */ 239 /** 240 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 241 * 242 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 243 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 244 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 245 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 246 * 247 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 248 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 249 * respectively. 250 */ 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 /** 267 * DOC: TID configuration 268 * 269 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 270 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 271 * 272 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 273 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 274 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 275 * 276 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 277 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 278 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 279 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 280 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 281 * will be overwritten. 282 * 283 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 284 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 285 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 286 * the interface goes down. 287 */ 288 /** 289 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 290 * 291 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 292 * 293 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 294 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 296 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 297 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 299 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 300 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 302 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 303 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 304 * compatibility only. 305 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 306 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 307 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 308 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 310 * 311 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 312 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 313 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 314 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 315 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 316 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 317 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 319 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 320 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 321 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 322 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 323 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 324 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 325 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 326 * 327 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 328 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 329 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 330 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 331 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 332 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 333 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 334 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 335 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 336 * 337 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 338 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 339 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 340 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 341 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 342 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 343 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 344 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 345 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 346 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 348 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 352 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 353 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 354 * attributes determining channel width. 355 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 356 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 357 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 358 * 359 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 360 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 364 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 366 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 367 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 368 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 369 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 370 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 371 * frame). 372 * 373 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 374 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 376 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 377 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 378 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 379 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 380 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 382 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 384 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 385 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 386 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 387 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 388 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * 391 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 392 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 393 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 394 * global regdomain will be returned. 395 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 396 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 397 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 398 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 399 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 400 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 401 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 402 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 403 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 405 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 406 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 407 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 408 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 409 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 410 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 411 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 414 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 415 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 416 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 417 * 418 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 419 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 420 * 421 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 422 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 423 * 424 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 425 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 426 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 427 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 428 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 429 * added to all specified management frames generated by 430 * kernel/firmware/driver. 431 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 432 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 433 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 434 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 435 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 436 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 437 * 438 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 439 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 440 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 441 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 442 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 443 * be used. 444 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 445 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 447 * partial scan results may be available 448 * 449 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 450 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 452 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 453 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 454 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 455 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 456 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 457 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 458 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 459 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 460 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 461 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 462 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 463 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 464 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 465 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 466 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 467 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 468 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 469 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 470 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 471 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 472 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 473 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 474 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 475 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 476 * results available. 477 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 478 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 479 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 480 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 481 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 482 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 483 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 484 * 485 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 486 * or noise level 487 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 488 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 491 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 492 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 493 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 494 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 495 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 496 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 497 * ESS. 498 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 499 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 500 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 501 * authentication. 502 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 503 * 504 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 505 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 506 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 507 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 508 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 509 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 510 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 511 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 512 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 513 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 514 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 515 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 516 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 517 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 518 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 519 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 520 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 521 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 522 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 523 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 524 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 525 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 526 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 527 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 528 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 529 * the beacon hint was processed. 530 * 531 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 532 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 533 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 534 * authentication process. 535 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 536 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 537 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 538 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 539 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 540 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 541 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 542 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 543 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 544 * to the frame. 545 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 546 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 547 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 548 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 549 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 550 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 551 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 552 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 553 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 554 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 555 * pending authentication timed out). 556 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 557 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 558 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 559 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 561 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 562 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 563 * included). 564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 565 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 566 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 567 * primitives). 568 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 569 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 570 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 571 * 572 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 573 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 574 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 575 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 576 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 577 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 578 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 579 * 580 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 581 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 582 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 583 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 584 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 585 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 586 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 587 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 588 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 589 * determined by the network interface. 590 * 591 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 592 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 593 * to the driver. 594 * 595 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 596 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 597 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 598 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 599 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 600 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 602 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 603 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 604 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 605 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 606 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 607 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 608 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 609 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 610 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 611 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 612 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 613 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 614 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 615 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 617 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 618 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 619 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 620 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 621 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 622 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 623 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 624 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 625 * a different BSS is desired. 626 * Background scan period can optionally be 627 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 628 * if not specified default background scan configuration 629 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 630 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 631 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 632 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 633 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 634 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 635 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 636 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 637 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 638 * well to remain backwards compatible. 639 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 640 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 641 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 642 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 643 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 644 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 645 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 647 * 648 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 649 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 650 * 651 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 652 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 653 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 654 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 656 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 657 * frequency for the operation. 658 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 659 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 660 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 661 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 662 * radio). 663 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 664 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 665 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 666 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 667 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 668 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 669 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 670 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 671 * uniquely identify the request. 672 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 673 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 674 * 675 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 676 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 677 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 678 * 679 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 680 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 681 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 682 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 683 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 684 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 685 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 686 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 687 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 688 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 689 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 690 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 691 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 692 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 693 * backward compatibility 694 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 695 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 696 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 697 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 698 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 699 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 700 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 701 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 702 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 703 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 704 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 705 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 706 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 707 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 708 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 709 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 710 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 711 * is used during CSA period. 712 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 713 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 714 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 715 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 716 * wait time. 717 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 718 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 719 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 720 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 721 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 722 * the frame. 723 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 724 * backward compatibility. 725 * 726 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 727 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 728 * 729 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 730 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 731 * levels. 732 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 733 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 734 * reached. 735 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 736 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 737 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 738 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 739 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 740 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 741 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 742 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 743 * precedence when they are used. 744 * 745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 746 * 747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 748 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 749 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 750 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 751 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 752 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 753 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 754 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 755 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 756 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 757 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 758 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 759 * command, the feature is disabled. 760 * 761 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 762 * mesh config parameters may be given. 763 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 764 * network is determined by the network interface. 765 * 766 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 767 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 768 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 769 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 770 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 771 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 774 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 775 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 776 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 777 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 778 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 779 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 780 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 781 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 782 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 783 * depending on the authentication result. 784 * 785 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 786 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 787 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 788 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 789 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 790 * more background information, see 791 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 792 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 793 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 794 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 795 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 796 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 797 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 798 * 799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 800 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 801 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 802 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 803 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 804 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 805 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 806 * 807 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 808 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 809 * 810 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 811 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 812 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 813 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 814 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 815 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 816 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 817 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 818 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 819 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 820 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 821 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 822 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 823 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 824 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 825 * 826 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 827 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 828 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 829 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 830 * is received. 831 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 832 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 833 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 834 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 835 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 836 * 837 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 838 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 839 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 840 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 841 * 842 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 843 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 844 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 845 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 846 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 847 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 848 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 849 * 850 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 851 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 852 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 853 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 856 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 857 * 858 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 859 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 860 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 861 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 862 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 863 * from the remote AP) is completed; 864 * 865 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 866 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 867 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 868 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 869 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 870 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 871 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 872 * interfaces to change channel as well. 873 * 874 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 875 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 876 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 877 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 878 * public action frame TX. 879 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 880 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 881 * 882 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 883 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 884 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 885 * is used for this. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 888 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 889 * 890 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 891 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 892 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 893 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 894 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 895 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 896 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 897 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 898 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 899 * 900 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 901 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 902 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 903 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 904 * while operating on this channel. 905 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 906 * event. 907 * 908 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 909 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 910 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 911 * 912 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 913 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 914 * 915 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 916 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 917 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 918 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 919 * 920 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 921 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 922 * complete. 923 * 924 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 925 * return back to normal. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 928 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 931 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 932 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 933 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 934 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 935 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 936 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 937 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 938 * switch is complete. 939 * 940 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 941 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 942 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 943 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 944 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 945 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 946 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 947 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 948 * 949 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 950 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 951 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 952 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 953 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 956 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 957 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 958 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 959 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 960 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 961 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 962 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 963 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 964 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 965 * fail even if the check was successful. 966 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 967 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 968 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 969 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 970 * 971 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 972 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 973 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 976 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 977 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 978 * network is determined by the network interface. 979 * 980 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 981 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 982 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 983 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 984 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 985 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 986 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 987 * AP. 988 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 989 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 990 * when this command completes. 991 * 992 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 993 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 994 * management. 995 * 996 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 997 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 998 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1002 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1003 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1004 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1005 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1006 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1007 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1008 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1009 * added. 1010 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1011 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1012 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1013 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1014 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1015 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1016 * of the function upon success. 1017 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1018 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1019 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1020 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1021 * which just terminated. 1022 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1023 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1024 * the response to this command. 1025 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1026 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1027 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1028 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1029 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1030 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1031 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1032 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1033 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1034 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1035 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1036 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1037 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1038 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1039 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1041 * 1042 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1043 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1044 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1045 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1046 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1049 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1050 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1051 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1052 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1053 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1054 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1056 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1057 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT association with 1058 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1059 * should be indicated instead. 1060 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1061 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1062 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1063 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1064 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1065 * 802.11 headers. 1066 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1068 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1069 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1070 * 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1072 * 1073 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1074 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1075 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1076 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1077 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1078 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1079 * 1080 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1081 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1082 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1083 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1084 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1085 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1086 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1087 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1088 * command interface. 1089 * 1090 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1091 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1092 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1093 * 1094 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1095 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1096 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1097 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1098 * 1099 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1100 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1101 * 1102 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1103 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1104 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1105 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1106 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1107 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1108 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1109 * the netlink extended ack message. 1110 * 1111 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1112 * 1113 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1114 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1115 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1116 * buffer size. 1117 * 1118 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1119 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1120 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1121 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1122 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1123 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1124 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1125 * 1126 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1127 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1128 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1129 * determining the width and type. 1130 * 1131 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1132 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1133 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1134 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1135 * 1136 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1137 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1138 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1139 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1140 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1141 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1142 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1143 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1144 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1145 * rate selection. 1146 * 1147 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1148 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1149 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1150 * 1151 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1152 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1153 * 1154 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1155 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1156 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1157 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1158 * 1159 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1160 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1161 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1162 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1163 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1164 * 1165 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1166 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1167 */ 1168 enum nl80211_commands { 1169 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1170 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1171 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1172 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1173 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1174 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1175 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1176 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1177 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1178 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1179 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1180 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1181 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1182 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1183 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1185 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1186 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1187 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1188 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1189 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1190 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1191 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1192 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1193 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1194 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1195 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1196 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1197 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1198 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1199 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1200 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1201 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1202 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1203 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1204 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1205 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1206 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1207 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1208 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1209 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1210 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1211 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1212 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1213 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1214 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1215 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1216 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1217 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1218 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1219 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1220 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1221 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1223 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1224 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1225 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1226 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1227 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1228 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1229 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1230 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1231 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1232 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1233 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1234 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1235 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1236 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1237 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1238 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1239 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1240 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1241 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1242 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1243 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1244 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1245 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1246 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1247 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1248 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1250 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1251 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1252 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1253 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1255 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1256 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1257 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1258 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1259 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1260 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1261 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1262 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1263 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1264 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1265 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1266 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1267 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1268 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1269 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1270 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1271 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1272 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1273 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1274 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1275 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1277 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1278 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1279 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1280 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1281 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1282 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1283 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1284 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1285 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1286 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1287 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1288 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1289 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1290 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1291 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1292 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1293 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1294 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1295 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1296 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1297 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1298 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1299 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1300 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1301 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1302 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1303 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1304 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1305 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1306 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1307 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1308 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1309 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1310 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1311 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1312 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1313 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1314 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1315 /* add new commands above here */ 1316 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1317 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1318 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1319 }; 1320 /* 1321 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1322 * here 1323 */ 1324 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1325 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1326 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1327 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1328 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1329 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1330 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1331 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1332 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1333 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1334 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1335 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1336 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1337 /** 1338 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1339 * 1340 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1341 * 1342 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1343 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1347 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1348 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1349 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1350 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1352 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1353 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1355 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1356 * operating channel center frequency. 1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1358 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1360 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1361 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1362 * this attribute) 1363 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1364 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1365 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1366 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1368 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1369 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1371 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1372 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1373 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1374 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1375 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1377 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1378 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1380 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1381 * 1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1385 * 1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1387 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1388 * 1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1390 * 1391 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1392 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1393 * keys 1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1395 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1396 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1397 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1398 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1400 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1401 * default management key 1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1403 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1405 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1406 * 1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1411 * 1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1414 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1416 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1418 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1419 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1421 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1423 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1424 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1425 * 1426 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1427 * consisting of a nested array. 1428 * 1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1431 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1434 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1435 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1436 * 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1438 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1439 * 1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1441 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1442 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1443 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1444 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1445 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1446 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1447 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1448 * to a specific alpha2. 1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1450 * rules. 1451 * 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1454 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1455 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1456 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1457 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1458 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1459 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1460 * 1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1462 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1463 * 1464 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1465 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1466 * of the interface mode. 1467 * 1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1469 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1470 * 1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1472 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1473 * 1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1475 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1477 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1479 * that can be added to a scan request 1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1481 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1483 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1484 * 1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1487 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1489 * 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1491 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1493 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1494 * 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1496 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1497 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1498 * 1499 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1500 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1501 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1504 * represented as a u32 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1506 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1507 * 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1509 * a u32 1510 * 1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1512 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1513 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1514 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1515 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1517 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1518 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1519 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1520 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1521 * 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1523 * cipher suites 1524 * 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1526 * for other networks on different channels 1527 * 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1529 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1530 * 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1532 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1533 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1534 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1535 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1536 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1537 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1538 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1539 * 1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1541 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1542 * 1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1544 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1545 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1546 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1547 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1548 * default in station mode. 1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1550 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1551 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1552 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1553 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1554 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1555 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1556 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1557 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1559 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1560 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1561 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1562 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1563 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1564 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1565 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1566 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1567 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1568 * 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1570 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1571 * 1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1573 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1574 * a local disconnect request. 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1576 * event (u16) 1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1578 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1579 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1582 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1583 * (an array of u32). 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1585 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1586 * u32). 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1588 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1589 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1591 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1592 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1593 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1594 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1595 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1596 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1597 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1598 * 1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1600 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1602 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1605 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1606 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1607 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1608 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1609 * 1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1611 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1613 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1614 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1615 * 1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1617 * 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1619 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1620 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1621 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1622 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1623 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1624 * completely from scratch. 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1627 * 1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1629 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1630 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1631 * 1632 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1634 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1635 * 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1638 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1639 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1640 * 1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1642 * 1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1644 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1645 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1646 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1647 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1648 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1649 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1650 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1651 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1652 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1653 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1654 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1655 * 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1657 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1659 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1661 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1662 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1663 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1665 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1666 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1667 * 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1669 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1670 * 1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1674 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1675 * 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1677 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1678 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1679 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1680 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1683 * connected to this BSS. 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1686 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1688 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1689 * for non-automatic settings. 1690 * 1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1692 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1693 * 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1695 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1696 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1697 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1698 * 1699 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1700 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1701 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1702 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1703 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1704 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1705 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1706 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1707 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1708 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1709 * 1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1711 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1712 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1713 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1714 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1715 * 1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1717 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1720 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1721 * 1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1723 * 1724 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1725 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1726 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1727 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1728 * nl80211 capability flag. 1729 * 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1731 * 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1733 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1734 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1737 * changed once the mesh is active. 1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1739 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1741 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1742 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1744 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1745 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1746 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1747 * 1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1749 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1751 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1752 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1753 * triggers. 1754 * 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1756 * cycles, in msecs. 1757 * 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1759 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1760 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1761 * pass-thru filter rules. 1762 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1763 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1764 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1765 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1766 * able to ignore them by itself. 1767 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1768 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1769 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1770 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1771 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1772 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1773 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1774 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1775 * 1776 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1777 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1778 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1780 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1781 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1782 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1785 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1788 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1789 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1790 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1793 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1794 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1795 * 1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1797 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1798 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1799 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1801 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1802 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1803 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1804 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1807 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1809 * as AP. 1810 * 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1812 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1813 * 1814 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1815 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1818 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1819 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1820 * applications use this attribute. 1821 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1822 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1823 * 1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1825 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1826 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1828 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1830 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1832 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1834 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1835 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1836 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1837 * 1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1839 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1840 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1841 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1842 * 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1844 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1845 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1846 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1849 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1851 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1852 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1853 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1854 * 1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1856 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1857 * to be filled by the FW. 1858 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1859 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1861 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1862 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1863 * The values that may be configured are: 1864 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1865 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1866 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1867 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1868 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1869 * 1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1871 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1872 * to one DFS region. 1873 * 1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1875 * up to 16 TIDs. 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1878 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1879 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1880 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1881 * capability to timeout the stations. 1882 * 1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1884 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1885 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1886 * 1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1888 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1889 * 1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1891 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1892 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1893 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1894 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1895 * 1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1897 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1898 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1899 * 1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1901 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1902 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1903 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1904 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1905 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1906 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 1907 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 1908 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 1909 * consistent. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 1912 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1913 * 1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 1915 * 1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 1917 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 1919 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 1920 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 1921 * no change is made. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 1924 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 1925 * 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 1927 * carried in a u32 attribute 1928 * 1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 1930 * MAC ACL. 1931 * 1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 1933 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 1934 * ACL. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 1937 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 1938 * 1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1940 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 1941 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 1943 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 1944 * 1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 1946 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 1949 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 1950 * and PU-APSD. 1951 * 1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 1953 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 1954 * 1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 1956 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 1957 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 1960 * 1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 1962 * Element 1963 * 1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 1965 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 1967 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 1968 * 1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 1970 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 1971 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 1972 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 1973 * 1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 1977 * until the channel switch event. 1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 1979 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 1980 * operation). 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 1982 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1984 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 1986 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 1987 * 1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 1989 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 1990 * 1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 1992 * 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 1994 * operating classes. 1995 * 1996 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 1997 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 1998 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 1999 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2000 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2001 * IBSS network. 2002 * 2003 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2004 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2006 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2007 * 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2009 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2010 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2011 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2012 * u8 attribute. 2013 * 2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2015 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2018 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2020 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2023 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2024 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2025 * 2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2028 * 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2030 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2031 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2032 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2033 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2034 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2035 * 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2037 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2039 * supported number of csa counters. 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2042 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2043 * 2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2045 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2046 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2047 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2048 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2049 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2050 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2051 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2052 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2053 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2054 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2055 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2056 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2057 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2058 * multicast group. 2059 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2060 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2061 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2062 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2063 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2064 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2065 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2066 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2067 * 2068 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2069 * the TDLS link initiator. 2070 * 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2072 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2073 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2074 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2075 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2076 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2077 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2078 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2079 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2080 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2081 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2082 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2085 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2086 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2087 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2088 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2089 * 2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2092 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2093 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2094 * 2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2096 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2099 * 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2101 * 2102 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2103 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2104 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2105 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2108 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2109 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2110 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2111 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2112 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2113 * 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2115 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2116 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2117 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2118 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2119 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2120 * over all channels. 2121 * 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2123 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2124 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2125 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2127 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2130 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2132 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2133 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2134 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2136 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2137 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2138 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2139 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2140 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2142 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2143 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2144 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2146 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2147 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2148 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2149 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2150 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2151 * 2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2153 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2154 * 2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2156 * 2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2158 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2159 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2160 * interface type. 2161 * 2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2163 * groupID for monitor mode. 2164 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2165 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2166 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2167 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2168 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2169 * each group. 2170 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2171 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2172 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2173 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2174 * groupID data. 2175 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2177 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2178 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2179 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2180 * 2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2182 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2183 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2184 * attribute must not be included). 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2186 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2187 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2188 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2189 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2190 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2191 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2193 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2194 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2195 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2198 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2201 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2202 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2203 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2204 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2206 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2207 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2208 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2209 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2210 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2211 * the device will decide what to use. 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2213 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2214 * attribute. 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2216 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2218 * protection. 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2220 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2221 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2224 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2225 * 2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2227 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2228 * 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2230 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2231 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2232 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2233 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2234 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2235 * unnecessary wakeups. 2236 * 2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2238 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2239 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2240 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2241 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2242 * 2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2244 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2245 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2246 * 2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2248 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2249 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2252 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2253 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2254 * 2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2256 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2257 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2258 * 2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2260 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2261 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2262 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2263 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2264 * 2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2266 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2267 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2268 * 2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2270 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2271 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2272 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2273 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2274 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2275 * is included as well. 2276 * 2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2278 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2280 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2281 * 2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2283 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2284 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2287 * 2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2289 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2290 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2291 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2293 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2294 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2295 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2296 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2297 * 2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2299 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2300 * 2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2302 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2304 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2306 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2307 * enforced. 2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2309 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2311 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2312 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2313 * 2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2315 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2316 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2317 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2318 * 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2320 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2321 * 2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2323 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2324 * invalid value. 2325 * 2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2327 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2328 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2329 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2330 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2331 * 2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2333 * scheduler. 2334 * 2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2336 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2337 * possible values. 2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2339 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2340 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2341 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2342 * or per-station. 2343 * 2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2345 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2346 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2347 * 2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2349 * 2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2351 * functionality. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2354 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2355 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2357 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2358 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2359 * 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2361 * (u16). 2362 * 2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2366 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2367 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2368 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2369 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2370 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2371 * 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2373 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2374 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2375 * attributes. 2376 * 2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2378 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2379 * 2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2381 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2382 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2383 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2384 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2385 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2386 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2387 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2388 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2389 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2392 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2393 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2394 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2395 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2396 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2397 * has expired. 2398 * 2399 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2400 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2401 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2402 * disassociation is still forced. 2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2404 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2406 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2407 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2408 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2409 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2411 * 2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2413 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2416 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2417 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2418 * 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2420 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2421 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2422 * 2423 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2424 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2426 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2427 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2428 * 2429 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2431 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2432 */ 2433 enum nl80211_attrs { 2434 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2435 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2436 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2437 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2438 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2439 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2440 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2441 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2442 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2443 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2444 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2445 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2446 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2447 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2448 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2449 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2450 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2451 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2452 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2453 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2454 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2455 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2456 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2457 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2458 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2459 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2460 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2461 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2462 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2463 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2464 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2465 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2466 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2467 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2468 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2469 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2470 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2471 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2472 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2473 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2474 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2475 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2476 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2477 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2478 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2479 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2480 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2481 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2482 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2483 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2484 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2485 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2486 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2487 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2488 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2489 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2490 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2491 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2492 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2493 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2494 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2495 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2496 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2497 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2498 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2499 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2500 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2501 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2502 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2503 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2504 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2505 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2506 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2507 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2508 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2509 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2510 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2511 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2512 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2513 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2514 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2515 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2516 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2517 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2518 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2519 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2520 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2521 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2522 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2523 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2524 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2525 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2529 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2530 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2531 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2532 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2533 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2534 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2535 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2536 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2537 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2540 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2541 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2542 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2543 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2544 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2545 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2546 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2547 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2551 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2552 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2555 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2556 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2557 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2558 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2559 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2560 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2562 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2563 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2564 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2565 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2566 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2567 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2570 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2571 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2572 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2573 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2574 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2575 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2576 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2577 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2578 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2581 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2582 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2583 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2585 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2586 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2587 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2588 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2592 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2593 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2594 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2595 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2597 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2598 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2600 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2601 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2602 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2603 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2604 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2607 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2608 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2609 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2610 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2611 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2612 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2613 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2614 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2615 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2616 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2617 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2618 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2619 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2620 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2621 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2622 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2623 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2624 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2626 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2628 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2629 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2631 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2632 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2633 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2634 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2636 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2637 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2638 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2639 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2640 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2641 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2642 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2643 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2645 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2646 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2647 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2648 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2649 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2650 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2651 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2652 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2653 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2654 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2655 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2656 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2657 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2658 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2659 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2660 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2661 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2662 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2663 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2664 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2665 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2666 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2667 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2668 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2669 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2672 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2673 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2675 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2676 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2677 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2678 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2679 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2684 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2685 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2686 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2689 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2690 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2691 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2695 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2696 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2697 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2698 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2699 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2701 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2702 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2704 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2705 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2706 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2709 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2711 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2713 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2714 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2716 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2717 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2718 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2719 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2720 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2721 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2724 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 2726 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 2727 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 2728 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 2729 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 2730 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 2731 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 2732 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2733 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2734 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2735 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2736 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2737 }; 2738 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2739 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2740 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 2741 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 2742 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 2743 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 2744 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 2745 /* 2746 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 2747 * here 2748 */ 2749 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2750 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 2751 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 2752 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 2753 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 2754 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 2755 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 2756 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 2757 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 2758 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 2759 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 2760 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 2761 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 2762 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 2763 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 2764 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 2765 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 2766 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 2767 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 2768 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 2769 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 2770 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 2771 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 2772 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 2773 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 2774 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 2775 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 2776 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 2777 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 2778 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 2779 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 2780 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 2781 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 2782 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 2783 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 2784 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 2785 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 2786 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 2787 /** 2788 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 2789 * 2790 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 2791 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 2792 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 2793 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 2794 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 2795 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 2796 * AP type interface. 2797 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 2798 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 2799 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 2800 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 2801 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 2802 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 2803 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 2804 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 2805 * commands to create and destroy one 2806 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 2807 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 2808 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 2809 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 2810 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 2811 * 2812 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 2813 * to set the type of an interface. 2814 * 2815 */ 2816 enum nl80211_iftype { 2817 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 2818 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 2819 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 2820 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 2821 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 2822 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 2823 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 2824 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 2825 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 2826 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 2827 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 2828 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 2829 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 2830 /* keep last */ 2831 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 2832 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 2833 }; 2834 /** 2835 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 2836 * 2837 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 2838 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 2839 * 2840 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2841 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 2842 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 2843 * with short barker preamble 2844 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 2845 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 2846 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 2847 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 2848 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 2849 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 2850 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 2851 * as errors.) 2852 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 2853 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 2854 * previously added station into associated state 2855 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 2856 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2857 */ 2858 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 2859 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 2860 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 2861 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2862 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 2863 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 2864 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 2865 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 2866 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 2867 /* keep last */ 2868 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 2869 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 2870 }; 2871 /** 2872 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 2873 * 2874 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 2875 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 2876 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 2877 */ 2878 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 2879 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 2880 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 2881 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 2882 }; 2883 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 2884 /** 2885 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 2886 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 2887 * @set: which values to set them to 2888 * 2889 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 2890 */ 2891 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 2892 __u32 mask; 2893 __u32 set; 2894 } __attribute__((packed)); 2895 /** 2896 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 2897 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 2898 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 2899 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 2900 */ 2901 enum nl80211_he_gi { 2902 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 2903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 2904 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 2905 }; 2906 /** 2907 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 2908 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 2909 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 2910 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 2911 */ 2912 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 2913 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 2914 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 2915 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 2916 }; 2917 /** 2918 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 2919 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 2920 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 2921 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 2922 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 2923 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 2924 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 2925 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 2926 */ 2927 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 2928 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 2929 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 2930 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 2931 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 2932 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 2933 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 2934 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 2935 }; 2936 /** 2937 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 2938 * 2939 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 2940 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 2941 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 2942 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 2943 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 2944 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 2945 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 2946 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 2947 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 2948 * 2949 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 2950 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 2951 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 2952 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 2953 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 2954 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 2955 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 2956 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 2957 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 2958 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 2959 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 2960 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 2961 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 2962 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 2963 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2964 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 2965 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 2966 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 2967 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 2968 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 2969 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 2970 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 2971 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 2972 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 2973 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 2974 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 2975 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2976 */ 2977 enum nl80211_rate_info { 2978 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 2979 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 2980 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 2981 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 2982 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 2983 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 2984 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 2985 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 2986 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2987 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 2988 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 2989 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 2990 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 2991 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 2992 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 2993 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 2994 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 2995 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 2996 /* keep last */ 2997 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 2998 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 2999 }; 3000 /** 3001 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3002 * 3003 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3004 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3005 * 3006 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3007 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3008 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3009 * (flag) 3010 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3011 * (flag) 3012 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3013 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3014 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3015 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3016 */ 3017 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3018 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3019 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3020 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3021 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3022 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3023 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3024 /* keep last */ 3025 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3026 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3027 }; 3028 /** 3029 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3030 * 3031 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3032 * when getting information about a station. 3033 * 3034 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3035 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3036 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3037 * (u32, from this station) 3038 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3039 * (u32, to this station) 3040 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3041 * (u64, from this station) 3042 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3043 * (u64, to this station) 3044 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3045 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3046 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3047 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3048 * (u32, from this station) 3049 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3050 * (u32, to this station) 3051 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3052 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3053 * (u32, to this station) 3054 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3055 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3056 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3057 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3058 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3059 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3060 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3061 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3062 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3063 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3064 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3065 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3066 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3067 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3068 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3069 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3070 * non-peer STA 3071 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3072 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3073 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3074 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3075 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3076 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3077 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3078 * (u64) 3079 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3080 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3081 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3082 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3083 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3084 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3085 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3086 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3087 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3088 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3089 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3090 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3091 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3092 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3093 * (u32, from this station) 3094 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3095 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3096 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3097 * might not be fully accurate. 3098 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3099 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3100 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3101 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3102 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3103 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3104 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3105 * of STA's association 3106 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3107 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3108 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3109 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3110 */ 3111 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3112 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3113 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3114 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3115 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3116 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3117 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3118 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3119 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3120 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3121 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3122 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3123 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3124 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3125 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3126 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3127 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3128 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3129 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3130 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3131 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3132 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3133 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3134 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3135 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3136 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3137 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3138 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3139 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3140 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3141 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3142 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3143 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3144 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3145 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3146 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3147 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3148 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3149 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3150 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3151 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3152 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3153 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3154 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3155 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3156 /* keep last */ 3157 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3158 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3159 }; 3160 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3161 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3162 /** 3163 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3164 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3165 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3166 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3167 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3168 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3169 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3170 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3171 * MSDUs (u64) 3172 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3173 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3174 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3175 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3176 */ 3177 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3178 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3179 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3180 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3181 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3182 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3183 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3184 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3185 /* keep last */ 3186 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3187 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3188 }; 3189 /** 3190 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3191 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3192 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3193 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3194 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3195 * backlogged 3196 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3197 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3198 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3199 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3200 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3201 * (only for per-phy stats) 3202 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3203 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3204 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3205 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3206 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3207 */ 3208 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3209 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3210 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3211 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3212 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3213 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3214 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3215 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3216 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3217 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3218 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3219 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3220 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3221 /* keep last */ 3222 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3223 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3224 }; 3225 /** 3226 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3227 * 3228 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3229 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3230 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3231 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3232 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3233 */ 3234 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3235 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3236 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3237 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3238 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3239 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3240 }; 3241 /** 3242 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3243 * 3244 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3245 * information about a mesh path. 3246 * 3247 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3248 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3249 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3250 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3251 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3252 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3253 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3254 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3255 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3256 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3257 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3258 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3259 * currently defined 3260 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3261 */ 3262 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3263 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3264 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3265 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3266 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3267 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3268 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3269 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3270 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3271 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3272 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3273 /* keep last */ 3274 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3275 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3276 }; 3277 /** 3278 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3279 * 3280 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3281 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3282 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3283 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3284 * capabilities IE 3285 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3286 * capabilities IE 3287 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3288 * capabilities IE 3289 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3290 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3291 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3292 * defined 3293 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3294 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3295 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3296 */ 3297 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3298 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3299 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3300 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3301 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3302 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3303 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3304 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3305 /* keep last */ 3306 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3307 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3308 }; 3309 /** 3310 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3311 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3312 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3313 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3314 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3315 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3316 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3317 * defined in 802.11n 3318 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3319 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3320 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3321 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3322 * defined in 802.11ac 3323 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3324 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3325 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3326 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3327 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3328 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3329 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3330 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3331 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3332 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3333 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3334 */ 3335 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3336 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3337 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3338 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3339 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3340 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3341 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3342 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3343 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3344 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3345 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3346 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3347 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3348 /* keep last */ 3349 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3350 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3351 }; 3352 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3353 /** 3354 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3355 * 3356 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3357 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3358 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3359 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3360 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3361 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3362 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3363 */ 3364 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3365 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3366 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3367 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3368 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3369 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3370 /* keep last */ 3371 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3372 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3373 }; 3374 /** 3375 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3376 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3377 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3378 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3379 * regulatory domain. 3380 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3381 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3382 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3383 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3384 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3385 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3386 * (100 * dBm). 3387 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3388 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3389 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3390 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3391 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3392 * channel as the control channel 3393 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3394 * channel as the control channel 3395 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3396 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3397 * this includes 80+80 channels 3398 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3399 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3400 * isn't possible 3401 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3402 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3403 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3404 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3405 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3406 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3407 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3408 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3409 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3410 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3411 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3412 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3413 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3414 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3415 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3416 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3417 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3418 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3419 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3420 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3421 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3422 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3423 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3424 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3425 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3426 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3427 * in current regulatory domain. 3428 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3429 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3430 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3431 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3432 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3433 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3434 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3435 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3436 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3437 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3438 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3439 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3440 * currently defined 3441 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3442 * 3443 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3444 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3445 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3446 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3447 */ 3448 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3449 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3450 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3451 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3452 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3453 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3454 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3455 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3456 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3457 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3458 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3459 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3460 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3461 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3462 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3463 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3464 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3465 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3466 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3467 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3468 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3469 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3470 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3471 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3472 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3473 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3474 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3475 /* keep last */ 3476 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3477 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3478 }; 3479 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3480 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3481 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3482 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3483 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3484 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3485 /** 3486 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3487 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3488 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3489 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3490 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3491 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3492 * currently defined 3493 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3494 */ 3495 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3496 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3497 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3498 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3499 /* keep last */ 3500 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3501 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3502 }; 3503 /** 3504 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3505 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3506 * regulatory domain. 3507 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3508 * regulatory domain. 3509 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3510 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3511 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3512 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3513 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3514 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3515 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3516 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3517 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3518 */ 3519 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3520 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3521 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3522 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3523 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3524 }; 3525 /** 3526 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3527 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3528 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3529 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3530 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3531 * domain. 3532 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3533 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3534 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3535 * them to be applied. 3536 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3537 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3538 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3539 * domain request to be processed. 3540 */ 3541 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3542 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3543 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3544 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3545 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3546 }; 3547 /** 3548 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3549 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3550 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3551 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3552 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3553 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3554 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3555 * band edge. 3556 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3557 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3558 * band edge. 3559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3560 * frequency range, in KHz. 3561 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3562 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3563 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3564 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3565 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3566 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3567 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3568 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3569 * currently defined 3570 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3571 */ 3572 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3573 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3574 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3575 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3576 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3577 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3578 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3579 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3580 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3581 /* keep last */ 3582 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3583 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3584 }; 3585 /** 3586 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3587 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3588 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3589 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3590 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3591 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3592 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3593 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3594 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3595 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3596 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3597 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3598 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3599 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3600 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3601 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3602 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3603 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3604 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3605 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3606 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3607 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3608 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3609 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3610 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3611 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3612 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3613 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3614 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3615 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3616 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3617 * attribute number currently defined 3618 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3619 */ 3620 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3621 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3622 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3623 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3624 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3625 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3626 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3627 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3628 /* keep last */ 3629 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3630 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3631 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3632 }; 3633 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3634 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3635 /** 3636 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3637 * 3638 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3639 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3640 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3641 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3642 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3643 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3644 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3645 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3646 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3647 * beaconing. 3648 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3649 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3650 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3651 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3652 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3653 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3654 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3655 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3656 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 3657 */ 3658 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3659 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3660 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3661 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3662 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3663 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3664 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3665 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3666 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3667 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3668 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3669 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3670 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3671 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3672 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3673 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3674 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 3675 }; 3676 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3677 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3678 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3679 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3680 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3681 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3682 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3683 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3684 /** 3685 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3686 * 3687 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3688 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3689 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3690 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3691 */ 3692 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3693 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3694 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3695 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3696 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3697 }; 3698 /** 3699 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3700 * 3701 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3702 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3703 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3704 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3705 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3706 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3707 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3708 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 3709 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 3710 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 3711 * supported feature. 3712 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 3713 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 3714 */ 3715 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 3716 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 3717 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 3718 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 3719 }; 3720 /** 3721 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 3722 * 3723 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 3724 * when getting information about a survey. 3725 * 3726 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3727 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 3728 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 3729 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 3730 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 3731 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 3732 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 3733 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 3734 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 3735 * channel was sensed busy 3736 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3737 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 3738 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 3739 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 3740 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 3741 * (on this channel or globally) 3742 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3743 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 3744 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 3745 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 3746 * currently defined 3747 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 3748 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3749 */ 3750 enum nl80211_survey_info { 3751 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 3752 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 3753 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 3754 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 3755 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 3756 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 3757 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 3758 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 3759 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 3760 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 3761 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 3762 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 3763 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 3764 /* keep last */ 3765 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3766 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3767 }; 3768 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 3769 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 3770 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 3771 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 3772 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 3773 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 3774 /** 3775 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 3776 * 3777 * Monitor configuration flags. 3778 * 3779 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 3780 * 3781 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 3782 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 3783 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 3784 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 3785 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 3786 * overrides all other flags. 3787 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 3788 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 3789 * 3790 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3791 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 3792 */ 3793 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 3794 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 3795 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 3796 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 3797 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 3798 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 3799 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 3800 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 3801 /* keep last */ 3802 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3803 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3804 }; 3805 /** 3806 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 3807 * 3808 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 3809 * not known or has not been set yet. 3810 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 3811 * in Awake state all the time. 3812 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3813 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 3814 * neighbor's beacons. 3815 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 3816 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 3817 * for neighbor's beacons. 3818 * 3819 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 3820 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 3821 */ 3822 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 3823 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 3824 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 3825 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 3826 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 3827 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 3828 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 3829 }; 3830 /** 3831 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 3832 * 3833 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 3834 * active. 3835 * 3836 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 3837 * 3838 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 3839 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 3840 * 3841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 3842 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 3843 * 3844 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 3845 * millisecond units 3846 * 3847 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 3848 * on this mesh interface 3849 * 3850 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 3851 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 3852 * mesh 3853 * 3854 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 3855 * point. 3856 * 3857 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 3858 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 3859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 3860 * set. 3861 * 3862 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 3863 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 3864 * target) 3865 * 3866 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 3867 * (in milliseconds) 3868 * 3869 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 3870 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 3871 * 3872 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 3873 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 3874 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 3875 * 3876 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3877 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 3878 * reference element 3879 * 3880 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 3881 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 3882 * mesh 3883 * 3884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 3885 * 3886 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 3887 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 3888 * 3889 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3890 * root announcements are transmitted. 3891 * 3892 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 3893 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 3894 * Announcement frames. 3895 * 3896 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 3897 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 3898 * PERR element. 3899 * 3900 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 3901 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 3902 * 3903 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 3904 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 3905 * a peer link. 3906 * 3907 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 3908 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 3909 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 3910 * 3911 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 3912 * 3913 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 3914 * 3915 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 3916 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 3917 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 3918 * 3919 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 3920 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 3921 * 3922 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 3923 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 3924 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 3925 * 3926 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 3927 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 3928 * 3929 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 3930 * 3931 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 3932 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 3933 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 3934 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 3935 * 3936 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 3937 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 3938 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 3939 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 3940 * 3941 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 3942 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 3943 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 3944 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 3945 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 3946 * 3947 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 3948 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 3949 * in the mesh formation field. 3950 * 3951 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3952 */ 3953 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 3954 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 3955 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 3956 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 3957 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 3958 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 3959 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 3960 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 3961 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 3962 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 3963 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 3964 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3965 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 3966 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 3967 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 3968 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 3969 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 3970 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 3971 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 3972 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 3973 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 3974 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 3975 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 3976 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 3977 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 3978 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 3979 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 3980 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 3981 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 3982 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 3983 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3984 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 3985 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3986 /* keep last */ 3987 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3988 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3989 }; 3990 /** 3991 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 3992 * 3993 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 3994 * changed while the mesh is active. 3995 * 3996 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 3997 * 3998 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 3999 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4000 * default HWMP. 4001 * 4002 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4003 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4004 * metric. 4005 * 4006 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4007 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4008 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4009 * metrics in use. 4010 * 4011 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4012 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4013 * 4014 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4015 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4016 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4017 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4018 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4019 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4020 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4021 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4022 * userspace daemon. 4023 * 4024 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4025 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4026 * neighbor offset synchronization 4027 * 4028 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4029 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4030 * 4031 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4032 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4033 * Default is no authentication method required. 4034 * 4035 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4036 * 4037 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4038 */ 4039 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4040 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4041 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4042 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4043 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4044 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4045 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4046 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4047 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4048 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4049 /* keep last */ 4050 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4051 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4052 }; 4053 /** 4054 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4055 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4056 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4057 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4058 * disabled 4059 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4060 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4061 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4062 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4063 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4064 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4065 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4066 */ 4067 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4068 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4069 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4070 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4071 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4072 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4073 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4074 /* keep last */ 4075 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4076 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4077 }; 4078 enum nl80211_ac { 4079 NL80211_AC_VO, 4080 NL80211_AC_VI, 4081 NL80211_AC_BE, 4082 NL80211_AC_BK, 4083 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4084 }; 4085 /* backward compat */ 4086 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4087 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4088 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4089 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4090 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4091 /** 4092 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4093 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4094 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4095 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4096 * below the control channel 4097 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4098 * above the control channel 4099 */ 4100 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4101 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4102 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4103 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4104 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4105 }; 4106 /** 4107 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4108 * 4109 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4110 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4111 * 4112 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4113 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4114 * 4115 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4116 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4117 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4118 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4119 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4120 */ 4121 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4122 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4123 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4124 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4125 }; 4126 /** 4127 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4128 * 4129 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4130 * attribute. 4131 * 4132 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4133 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4134 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4135 * attribute must be provided as well 4136 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4137 * attribute must be provided as well 4138 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4139 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4140 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4141 * attribute must be provided as well 4142 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4143 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4144 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4145 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4146 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4147 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4148 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4149 */ 4150 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4151 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4152 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4153 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4154 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4155 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4156 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4157 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4158 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4159 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4160 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4161 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4162 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4163 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4164 }; 4165 /** 4166 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4167 * 4168 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4169 * 4170 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4171 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4172 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4173 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4174 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4175 */ 4176 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4177 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4178 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4179 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4180 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4181 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4182 }; 4183 /** 4184 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4185 * 4186 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4187 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4188 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4189 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4190 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4191 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4192 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4193 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4194 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4195 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4196 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4197 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4198 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4199 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4200 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4201 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4202 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4203 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4204 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4205 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4206 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4207 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4208 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4209 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4210 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4211 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4212 * yet been received 4213 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4214 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4215 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4216 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4217 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4218 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4219 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4220 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4221 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4222 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4223 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4224 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4225 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4226 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4227 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4228 * is set. 4229 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4230 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4231 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4232 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4233 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4234 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4235 */ 4236 enum nl80211_bss { 4237 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4238 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4239 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4240 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4241 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4242 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4243 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4244 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4245 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4246 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4247 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4248 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4249 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4250 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4251 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4252 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4253 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4254 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4255 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4256 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4257 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4258 /* keep last */ 4259 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4260 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4261 }; 4262 /** 4263 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4264 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4265 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4266 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4267 * a given BSS. 4268 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4269 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4270 * 4271 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4272 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4273 */ 4274 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4275 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4276 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4277 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4278 }; 4279 /** 4280 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4281 * 4282 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4283 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4284 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4285 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4286 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4287 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4288 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4289 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4290 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4291 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4292 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4293 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4294 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4295 */ 4296 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4297 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4298 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4299 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4300 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4301 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4302 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4303 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4304 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4305 /* keep last */ 4306 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4307 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4308 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4309 }; 4310 /** 4311 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4312 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4313 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4314 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4315 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4316 */ 4317 enum nl80211_key_type { 4318 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4319 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4320 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4321 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4322 }; 4323 /** 4324 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4325 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4326 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4327 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4328 */ 4329 enum nl80211_mfp { 4330 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4331 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4332 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4333 }; 4334 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4335 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4336 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4337 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4338 }; 4339 /** 4340 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4341 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4342 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4343 * unicast key 4344 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4345 * multicast key 4346 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4347 */ 4348 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4349 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4350 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4351 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4352 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4353 }; 4354 /** 4355 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4356 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4357 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4358 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4359 * keys 4360 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4361 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4362 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4363 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4364 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4365 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4366 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4367 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4368 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4369 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4370 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4371 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4372 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4373 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4374 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4375 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4376 * 4377 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4378 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4379 */ 4380 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4381 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4382 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4383 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4384 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4385 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4386 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4387 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4388 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4389 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4390 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4391 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4392 /* keep last */ 4393 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4394 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4395 }; 4396 /** 4397 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4398 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4399 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4400 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4401 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4402 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4403 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4404 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4405 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4406 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4407 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4408 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4409 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4410 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4411 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4412 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4413 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4414 */ 4415 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4416 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4417 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4418 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4419 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4420 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4421 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4422 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4423 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4424 /* keep last */ 4425 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4426 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4427 }; 4428 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4429 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4430 /** 4431 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4432 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4433 */ 4434 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4435 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4436 }; 4437 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4438 /** 4439 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4440 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4441 */ 4442 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4443 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4444 }; 4445 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4446 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4447 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4448 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4449 }; 4450 /** 4451 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4452 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4453 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4454 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4455 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4456 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 4457 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4458 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4459 */ 4460 enum nl80211_band { 4461 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4462 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4463 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4464 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4465 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 4466 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4467 }; 4468 /** 4469 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4470 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4471 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4472 */ 4473 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4474 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4475 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4476 }; 4477 /** 4478 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4479 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4481 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4482 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4483 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4484 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4485 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4486 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4487 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4488 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4489 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4490 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4491 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4493 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4494 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4495 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4496 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4497 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4498 * checked. 4499 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4500 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4501 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4502 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4503 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4504 * loss event 4505 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4506 * RSSI threshold event. 4507 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4508 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4509 */ 4510 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4511 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4512 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4513 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4514 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4515 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4516 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4517 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4518 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4519 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4520 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4521 /* keep last */ 4522 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4523 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4524 }; 4525 /** 4526 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4527 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4528 * configured threshold 4529 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4530 * configured threshold 4531 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4532 */ 4533 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4534 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4535 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4536 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4537 }; 4538 /** 4539 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4540 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4541 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4542 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4543 */ 4544 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4545 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4546 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4547 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4548 }; 4549 /** 4550 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4551 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4552 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4553 */ 4554 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4555 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4556 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4557 }; 4558 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4559 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4560 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4561 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4562 */ 4563 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4564 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4565 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4566 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4567 }; 4568 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4569 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4570 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4571 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4572 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4573 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4574 * per peer instead. 4575 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates 4576 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4577 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4578 * should be left untouched. 4579 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4580 * Its type is u16. 4581 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4582 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4583 * Its type is u8. 4584 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4585 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4586 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4587 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4588 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4589 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4590 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4591 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4592 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4593 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4594 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 4595 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4596 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4597 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 4598 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 4599 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4600 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 4601 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4602 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4603 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 4604 * to notify the driver that what type of txrate should be used 4605 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 4606 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 4607 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 4608 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 4609 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 4610 * station. 4611 */ 4612 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4613 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4614 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4615 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4616 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4617 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4618 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4619 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4620 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 4621 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 4622 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 4623 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 4624 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 4625 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 4626 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 4627 /* keep last */ 4628 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4629 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4630 }; 4631 /** 4632 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4633 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4634 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4635 * a zero bit are ignored 4636 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4637 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4638 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4639 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4640 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4641 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4642 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4643 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4644 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4645 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4646 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4647 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4648 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4649 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4650 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4651 */ 4652 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4653 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4654 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4655 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4656 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4657 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4658 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4659 }; 4660 /** 4661 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4662 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4663 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4664 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4665 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4666 * 4667 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4668 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4669 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4670 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4671 * by the kernel to userspace. 4672 */ 4673 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4674 __u32 max_patterns; 4675 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4676 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4677 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4678 } __attribute__((packed)); 4679 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4680 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4681 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4682 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4683 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4684 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4685 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4686 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4687 /** 4688 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4689 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4690 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4691 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4692 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4693 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4694 * any others are even supported by the device. 4695 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4696 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4697 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4698 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 4699 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 4700 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 4701 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 4702 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 4703 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 4704 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 4705 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 4706 * 4707 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 4708 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 4709 * 4710 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 4711 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 4712 * to the kernel when configuring. 4713 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 4714 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 4715 * by the device (flag) 4716 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 4717 * done by the device) (flag) 4718 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 4719 * packet (flag) 4720 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 4721 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 4722 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 4723 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 4724 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 4725 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 4726 * attribute contains the original length. 4727 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 4728 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 4729 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4730 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 4731 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 4732 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 4733 * contains the original length. 4734 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 4735 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 4736 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 4737 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 4738 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 4739 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 4740 * the TCP connection. 4741 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 4742 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 4743 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 4744 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 4745 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 4746 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 4747 * service 4748 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 4749 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 4750 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 4751 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 4752 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 4753 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 4754 * attribute is also sent in a response to 4755 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 4756 * supported by the driver (u32). 4757 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 4758 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 4759 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 4760 * that the information is not available. If more than one 4761 * element is present, it means that more than one match 4762 * occurred. 4763 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 4764 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 4765 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 4766 * these attributes must be present. If 4767 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 4768 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 4769 * channel. 4770 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 4771 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 4772 * 4773 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 4774 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 4775 */ 4776 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 4777 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 4778 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 4779 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 4780 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 4781 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 4782 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 4783 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 4784 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 4785 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 4786 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 4787 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 4788 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 4789 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 4790 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 4791 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 4792 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 4793 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 4794 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 4795 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 4796 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 4797 /* keep last */ 4798 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 4799 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 4800 }; 4801 /** 4802 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 4803 * 4804 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 4805 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 4806 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 4807 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 4808 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 4809 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 4810 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 4811 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 4812 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 4813 * 4814 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 4815 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 4816 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 4817 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 4818 * also woken up. 4819 * 4820 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 4821 * response packets might not go through correctly. 4822 */ 4823 /** 4824 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 4825 * @start: starting value 4826 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 4827 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 4828 * 4829 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 4830 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 4831 * in little endian. 4832 */ 4833 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 4834 __u32 start, offset, len; 4835 }; 4836 /** 4837 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 4838 * @offset: offset of token in packet 4839 * @len: length of each token 4840 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 4841 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 4842 */ 4843 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 4844 __u32 offset, len; 4845 __u8 token_stream[]; 4846 }; 4847 /** 4848 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 4849 * @min_len: minimum token length 4850 * @max_len: maximum token length 4851 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 4852 */ 4853 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 4854 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 4855 }; 4856 /** 4857 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 4858 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4859 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 4860 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 4861 * (in network byte order) 4862 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 4863 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 4864 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 4865 * might require ARP querying. 4866 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 4867 * socket and port will be allocated 4868 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 4869 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 4870 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4871 * of the data payload. 4872 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 4873 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 4874 * advertising it is just a flag 4875 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 4876 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 4877 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 4878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 4879 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 4880 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 4881 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 4882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 4883 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4884 * but on the TCP payload only. 4885 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 4886 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 4887 */ 4888 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 4889 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 4890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 4891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 4892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 4893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 4894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 4895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 4896 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 4897 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 4898 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 4899 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 4900 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 4901 /* keep last */ 4902 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 4903 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 4904 }; 4905 /** 4906 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 4907 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 4908 * @pat: packet pattern support information 4909 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4910 * 4911 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 4912 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 4913 */ 4914 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 4915 __u32 max_rules; 4916 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 4917 __u32 max_delay; 4918 } __attribute__((packed)); 4919 /** 4920 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 4921 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4922 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 4923 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 4924 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 4925 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 4926 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4927 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 4928 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 4929 */ 4930 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 4931 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 4932 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 4933 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 4934 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 4935 /* keep last */ 4936 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 4937 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 4938 }; 4939 /** 4940 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 4941 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 4942 * in a rule are matched. 4943 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 4944 * in a rule are not matched. 4945 */ 4946 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 4947 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 4948 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 4949 }; 4950 /** 4951 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 4952 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4953 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 4954 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 4955 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 4956 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 4957 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 4958 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 4959 */ 4960 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 4961 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 4962 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 4963 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 4964 /* keep last */ 4965 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 4966 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 4967 }; 4968 /** 4969 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 4970 * 4971 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 4972 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 4973 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 4974 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 4975 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 4976 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 4977 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 4978 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 4979 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 4980 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 4981 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 4982 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 4983 * different channels may be used within this group. 4984 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4985 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 4986 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 4987 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 4988 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 4989 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 4990 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 4991 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 4992 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 4993 * 4994 * Examples: 4995 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 4996 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 4997 * 4998 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 4999 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5000 * 5001 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5002 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5003 * 5004 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5005 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5006 * 5007 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5008 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5009 * that any of these groups must match. 5010 * 5011 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5012 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5013 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5014 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5015 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5016 */ 5017 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5018 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5019 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5020 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5021 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5022 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5023 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5024 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5025 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5026 /* keep last */ 5027 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5028 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5029 }; 5030 /** 5031 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5032 * 5033 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5034 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5035 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5036 * this mesh peer 5037 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5038 * from this mesh peer 5039 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5040 * received from this mesh peer 5041 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5042 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5043 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5044 * plink are discarded 5045 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5046 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5047 */ 5048 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5049 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5050 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5051 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5052 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5053 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5054 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5055 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5056 /* keep last */ 5057 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5058 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5059 }; 5060 /** 5061 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5062 * 5063 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5064 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5065 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5066 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5067 */ 5068 enum plink_actions { 5069 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5070 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5071 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5072 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5073 }; 5074 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5075 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5076 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5077 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5078 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5079 /** 5080 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5081 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5082 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5083 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5084 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5085 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5086 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5087 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5088 */ 5089 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5090 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5091 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5092 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5093 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5094 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5095 /* keep last */ 5096 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5097 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5098 }; 5099 /** 5100 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5101 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5102 * Beacon frames) 5103 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5104 * in Beacon frames 5105 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5106 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5107 */ 5108 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5109 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5110 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5111 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5112 }; 5113 /** 5114 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5115 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5116 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5117 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5118 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5119 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5120 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5121 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5122 */ 5123 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5124 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5125 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5126 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5127 /* keep last */ 5128 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5129 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5130 }; 5131 /** 5132 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5133 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5134 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5135 * priority) 5136 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5137 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5138 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5139 * (internal) 5140 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5141 * (internal) 5142 */ 5143 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5144 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5145 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5146 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5147 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5148 /* keep last */ 5149 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5150 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5151 }; 5152 /** 5153 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5154 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5155 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5156 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5157 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5158 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5159 */ 5160 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5161 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5162 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5163 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5164 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5165 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5166 }; 5167 /* 5168 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5169 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5170 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5171 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5172 }; 5173 */ 5174 /** 5175 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5176 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5177 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5178 * socket option. 5179 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5180 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5181 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5182 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5183 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5184 * cellular base stations. 5185 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5186 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5187 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5188 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5189 * mode 5190 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5191 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5192 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5193 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5194 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5195 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5196 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5197 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5198 * setting 5199 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5200 * powersave 5201 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5202 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5203 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5204 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5205 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5206 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5207 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5208 * states using station flags. 5209 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5210 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5211 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5212 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5213 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5214 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5215 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5216 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5217 * still generated by the driver. 5218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5219 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5220 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5221 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5222 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5223 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5224 * lifetime of a BSS. 5225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5226 * Set IE to probe requests. 5227 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5228 * to probe requests. 5229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5230 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5231 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5232 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5233 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5234 * Measurement Report action frame. 5235 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5236 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5237 * to enable dynack. 5238 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5239 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5240 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5241 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5242 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5243 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5244 * rts/cts handshake. 5245 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5246 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5247 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5248 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5250 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5251 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5253 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5254 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5255 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5256 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5257 * address mask/value will be used. 5258 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5259 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5260 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5261 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5262 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5263 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5264 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5265 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5266 */ 5267 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5268 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5269 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5270 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5271 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5272 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5273 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5274 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5275 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5276 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5277 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5278 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5279 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5280 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5281 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5282 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5283 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5284 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5285 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5286 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5287 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5288 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5289 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5290 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5291 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5292 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5293 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5294 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5295 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5296 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5297 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5298 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5299 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5300 }; 5301 /** 5302 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5303 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5304 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5305 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5306 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5307 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5308 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5310 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5311 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5312 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5313 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5314 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5315 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5316 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5317 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5318 * (if available). 5319 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5320 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5321 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5322 * (if available). 5323 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5324 * channel dwell time. 5325 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5326 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5327 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5328 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5329 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5330 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5331 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5332 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5333 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5334 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5335 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5336 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5337 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5338 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5339 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5340 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5341 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5342 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5344 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5345 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5346 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5347 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5349 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5350 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5351 * be supported. 5352 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5353 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5354 * actual dwell time. 5355 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5356 * response 5357 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5358 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5359 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5360 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5361 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5362 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5363 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5365 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5367 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5368 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5369 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5370 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5371 * "radar detected" event. 5372 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5373 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5375 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5377 * TXQs. 5378 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5379 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5380 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5381 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5382 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5383 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5384 * timing measurement responder role. 5385 * 5386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5387 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5388 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5389 * freeze the connection. 5390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5391 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5392 * 5393 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5394 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5395 * scheduling. 5396 * 5397 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5398 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5399 * 5400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5401 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5402 * 5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5404 * to a station. 5405 * 5406 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5407 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5408 * 5409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5410 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5411 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5412 * 5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5414 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5415 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5416 * 5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5418 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5420 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5421 * 5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5423 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5424 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5425 * 5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5427 * 5428 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5429 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5430 * 5431 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5432 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5433 * 5434 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5435 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5436 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5437 * included in the scan request. 5438 * 5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5440 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5441 * 5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 5443 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 5444 * 5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5446 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 5447 * command). 5448 * 5449 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 5450 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 5451 * 5452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 5453 * frames transmission 5454 * 5455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 5456 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 5457 * 5458 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5459 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5460 */ 5461 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5462 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5463 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5464 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5465 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5466 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5467 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5468 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5469 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5470 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5471 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5472 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5473 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5474 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5475 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5476 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5477 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5478 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5479 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5480 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5481 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5482 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5483 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5484 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5485 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5486 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5487 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5488 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5489 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5490 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5491 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5492 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5493 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5494 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5495 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5496 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5497 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5498 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5499 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5500 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5501 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5502 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5503 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5504 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5505 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5506 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5507 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5508 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5509 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5510 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5511 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5512 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5513 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 5514 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 5515 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 5516 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 5517 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5518 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5519 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5520 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5521 }; 5522 /** 5523 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5524 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5525 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5526 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5527 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5528 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5529 * to the host. 5530 * 5531 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5532 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5533 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5534 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5535 */ 5536 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5537 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5538 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5539 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5540 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5541 }; 5542 /** 5543 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5544 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5545 * handled by the AP is reached. 5546 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5547 */ 5548 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5549 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5550 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5551 }; 5552 /** 5553 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5554 * 5555 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5556 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5557 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5558 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5559 */ 5560 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5561 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5562 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5563 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5564 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5565 }; 5566 /** 5567 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5568 * 5569 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5570 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5571 * requests. 5572 * 5573 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5574 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5575 * one of them can be used in the request. 5576 * 5577 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5578 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5579 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5580 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5581 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5582 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5583 * when really needed 5584 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5585 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5586 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5587 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5588 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5589 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5590 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5591 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5592 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5593 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5594 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5595 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5596 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5597 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5598 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5599 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5600 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5601 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5602 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5603 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5604 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5605 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5606 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5607 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5608 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5609 * impacted with this flag. 5610 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5611 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5612 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5613 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5614 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5615 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5616 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5617 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5618 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5619 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5620 * possible. 5621 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5622 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5623 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5624 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 5625 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 5626 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 5627 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 5628 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 5629 */ 5630 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5631 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5632 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5633 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5634 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5635 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5636 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5637 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5638 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5639 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5640 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5641 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5642 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5643 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5644 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 5645 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 5646 }; 5647 /** 5648 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5649 * 5650 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5651 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5652 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5653 * 5654 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5655 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5656 * in ACL to authenticate. 5657 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5658 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5659 */ 5660 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5661 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5662 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5663 }; 5664 /** 5665 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5666 * 5667 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5668 * 5669 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5670 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5671 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5672 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5673 */ 5674 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5675 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5676 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5677 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5678 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5679 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5680 }; 5681 /** 5682 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 5683 * 5684 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 5685 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 5686 * 5687 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 5688 * now unusable. 5689 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 5690 * the channel is now available. 5691 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 5692 * change to the channel status. 5693 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 5694 * over, channel becomes usable. 5695 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 5696 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 5697 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 5698 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 5699 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 5700 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 5701 */ 5702 enum nl80211_radar_event { 5703 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 5704 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 5705 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 5706 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 5707 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 5708 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 5709 }; 5710 /** 5711 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 5712 * 5713 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 5714 * 5715 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 5716 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 5717 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 5718 * is therefore marked as not available. 5719 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 5720 */ 5721 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 5722 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 5723 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 5724 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 5725 }; 5726 /** 5727 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 5728 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 5729 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 5730 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 5731 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 5732 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 5733 */ 5734 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 5735 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 5736 }; 5737 /** 5738 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 5739 * 5740 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 5741 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 5742 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 5743 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 5744 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 5745 */ 5746 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 5747 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 5748 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 5749 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 5750 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 5751 /* add other protocols before this one */ 5752 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 5753 }; 5754 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 5755 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 5756 /** 5757 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 5758 * 5759 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 5760 * 5761 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 5762 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 5763 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 5764 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 5765 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 5766 */ 5767 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 5768 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 5769 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 5770 }; 5771 /* 5772 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 5773 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 5774 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 5775 */ 5776 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 5777 /** 5778 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 5779 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 5780 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 5781 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 5782 * added to this file when needed. 5783 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 5784 */ 5785 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 5786 __u32 vendor_id; 5787 __u32 subcmd; 5788 }; 5789 /** 5790 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 5791 * 5792 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 5793 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 5794 * 5795 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 5796 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 5797 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 5798 */ 5799 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 5800 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 5801 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 5802 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 5803 }; 5804 /** 5805 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 5806 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 5807 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 5808 * seconds (u32). 5809 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 5810 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 5811 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 5812 * make the scan plan meaningless. 5813 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 5814 * currently defined 5815 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 5816 */ 5817 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 5818 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 5819 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 5820 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 5821 /* keep last */ 5822 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 5823 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 5824 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 5825 }; 5826 /** 5827 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 5828 * 5829 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 5830 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 5831 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 5832 */ 5833 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 5834 __u8 band; 5835 __s8 delta; 5836 } __attribute__((packed)); 5837 /** 5838 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 5839 * 5840 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 5841 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 5842 * is requested. 5843 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 5844 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 5845 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 5846 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 5847 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 5848 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 5849 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 5850 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 5851 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 5852 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 5853 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 5854 * 5855 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 5856 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 5857 * which the driver shall use. 5858 */ 5859 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 5860 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 5861 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 5862 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 5863 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 5864 /* keep last */ 5865 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5866 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5867 }; 5868 /** 5869 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 5870 * 5871 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 5872 * 5873 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 5874 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 5875 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 5876 */ 5877 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 5878 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 5879 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 5880 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 5881 /* keep last */ 5882 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 5883 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 5884 }; 5885 /** 5886 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 5887 * 5888 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 5889 * 5890 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 5891 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 5892 */ 5893 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 5894 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 5895 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 5896 }; 5897 /** 5898 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 5899 * 5900 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 5901 * 5902 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 5903 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 5904 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 5905 */ 5906 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 5907 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 5908 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 5909 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 5910 }; 5911 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 5912 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 5913 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 5914 /** 5915 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 5916 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 5917 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 5918 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 5919 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 5920 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 5921 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 5922 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 5923 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 5924 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 5925 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 5927 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 5928 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 5929 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 5930 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 5931 * is follow up. This is a u8. 5932 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 5933 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 5934 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 5935 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 5936 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 5937 * This is a flag. 5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 5939 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 5940 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 5941 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 5942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 5943 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 5945 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5946 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 5947 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 5948 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 5949 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 5950 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 5951 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 5952 * 5953 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 5954 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 5955 */ 5956 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 5957 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 5958 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 5959 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 5960 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 5961 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 5962 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 5963 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 5964 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 5965 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 5966 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 5967 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 5968 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 5969 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 5970 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 5971 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 5972 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 5973 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 5974 /* keep last */ 5975 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 5976 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 5977 }; 5978 /** 5979 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 5980 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 5981 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 5982 * This is a flag. 5983 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 5984 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 5985 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 5986 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 5987 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 5988 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 5989 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 5990 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 5991 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 5992 */ 5993 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 5994 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 5995 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 5996 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 5997 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 5998 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 5999 /* keep last */ 6000 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6001 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6002 }; 6003 /** 6004 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6005 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6006 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6007 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6008 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6009 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6010 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6011 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6012 * 6013 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6014 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6015 */ 6016 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6017 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6018 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6019 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6020 /* keep last */ 6021 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6022 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6023 }; 6024 /** 6025 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6026 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6027 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6028 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6029 */ 6030 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6031 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6032 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6033 }; 6034 /** 6035 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6036 * responder attributes 6037 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6038 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6039 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6040 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6041 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6042 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6043 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6044 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6045 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6046 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6047 */ 6048 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6049 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6050 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6051 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6052 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6053 /* keep last */ 6054 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6055 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6056 }; 6057 /* 6058 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6059 * 6060 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6061 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6062 * 6063 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6064 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6065 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6066 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6067 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6068 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6069 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6070 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6071 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6072 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6073 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6074 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6075 * phase with the responder (u32) 6076 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6077 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6078 * FTM slot (u32) 6079 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6080 * scheduled window (u32) 6081 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6082 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6083 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6084 */ 6085 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6086 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6087 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6088 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6089 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6090 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6091 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6092 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6093 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6094 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6095 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6096 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6097 /* keep last */ 6098 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6099 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6100 }; 6101 /** 6102 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6103 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6104 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6105 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6106 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6107 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6108 */ 6109 enum nl80211_preamble { 6110 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6111 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6112 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6113 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6114 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6115 }; 6116 /** 6117 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6118 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6119 * these numbers also for attributes 6120 * 6121 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6122 * 6123 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6124 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6125 */ 6126 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6127 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6128 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6129 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6130 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6131 }; 6132 /** 6133 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6134 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6135 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6136 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6137 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6138 * reason may be available in the response data 6139 */ 6140 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6141 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6142 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6143 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6144 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6145 }; 6146 /** 6147 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6148 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6149 * 6150 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6151 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6152 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6153 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6154 * (flag attribute) 6155 * 6156 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6157 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6158 */ 6159 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6160 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6161 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6162 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6163 /* keep last */ 6164 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6165 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6166 }; 6167 /** 6168 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6169 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6170 * 6171 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6172 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6173 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6174 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6175 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6176 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6177 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6178 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6179 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6180 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6181 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6182 * (u64, usec) 6183 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6184 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6185 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6186 * result. 6187 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6188 * 6189 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6190 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6191 */ 6192 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6193 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6194 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6195 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6196 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6197 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6198 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6199 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6200 /* keep last */ 6201 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6202 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6203 }; 6204 /** 6205 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6206 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6207 * 6208 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6209 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6210 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6211 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6212 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6213 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6214 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6215 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6216 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6217 * 6218 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6219 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6220 */ 6221 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6222 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6223 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6224 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6225 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6226 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6227 /* keep last */ 6228 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6229 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6230 }; 6231 /** 6232 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6233 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6234 * 6235 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6236 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6237 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6238 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6239 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6240 * measurement results 6241 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6242 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6243 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6244 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6245 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6246 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6247 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6248 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6249 * sub-attributes taken from 6250 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6251 * 6252 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6253 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6254 */ 6255 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6256 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6257 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6258 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6259 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6260 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6261 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6262 /* keep last */ 6263 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6264 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6265 }; 6266 /** 6267 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6268 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6269 * 6270 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6271 * is supported 6272 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6273 * mode is supported 6274 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6275 * data can be requested during the measurement 6276 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6277 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6278 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6279 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6280 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6281 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6282 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6283 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6284 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6285 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6286 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6287 * is valid) 6288 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6289 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6290 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6291 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6292 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6293 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6294 * 6295 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6296 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6297 */ 6298 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6299 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6300 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6301 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6302 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6303 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6304 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6305 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6306 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6307 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6308 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6309 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6310 /* keep last */ 6311 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6312 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6313 }; 6314 /** 6315 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6316 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6317 * 6318 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6319 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6320 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6322 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6323 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6324 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6325 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6326 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6327 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6328 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6329 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6330 * requested per burst 6331 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6332 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6333 * (u8, default 3) 6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6335 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6336 * (flag) 6337 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6338 * measurement (flag). 6339 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6340 * mutually exclusive. 6341 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6342 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6343 * ranging will be used. 6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6345 * ranging measurement (flag) 6346 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6347 * mutually exclusive. 6348 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6349 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6350 * ranging will be used. 6351 * 6352 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6353 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6354 */ 6355 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6356 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6357 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6358 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6359 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6360 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6361 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6362 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6363 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6364 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6365 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6366 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6367 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6368 /* keep last */ 6369 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6370 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6371 }; 6372 /** 6373 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6374 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6375 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6376 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6377 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6378 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6379 * try and get no response) 6380 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6382 * received 6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6384 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6386 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6387 */ 6388 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6389 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6390 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6391 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6392 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6395 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6397 }; 6398 /** 6399 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6400 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6401 * 6402 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6403 * (u32, optional) 6404 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6405 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6406 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6407 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6408 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6409 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6410 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6411 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6412 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6413 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6414 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6415 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6416 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6418 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6420 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6422 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6424 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6425 * attributes) 6426 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6427 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6429 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6430 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6431 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6433 * optional) 6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6435 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6437 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6440 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6441 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6442 * Type 8. 6443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6444 * (binary, optional); 6445 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6446 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6447 * Type 11. 6448 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6449 * 6450 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6452 */ 6453 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6454 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6459 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6460 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6461 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6462 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6463 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6464 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6465 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6466 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6467 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6468 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6469 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6476 /* keep last */ 6477 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6478 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6479 }; 6480 /** 6481 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6482 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6483 * 6484 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6485 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6486 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 6487 * tx power offset. 6488 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 6489 * values used by members of the SRG. 6490 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 6491 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 6492 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 6493 * 6494 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6495 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6496 */ 6497 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6498 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6499 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6500 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6501 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 6502 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 6503 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 6504 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 6505 /* keep last */ 6506 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6507 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6508 }; 6509 /** 6510 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6511 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6512 * 6513 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6514 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6515 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6516 * 6517 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6518 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6519 */ 6520 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6521 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6522 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6523 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6524 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6525 /* keep last */ 6526 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6527 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6528 }; 6529 /** 6530 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6531 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6532 * 6533 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6534 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6535 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6536 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6537 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6538 * 6539 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6540 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6541 */ 6542 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6543 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6544 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6545 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6546 /* keep last */ 6547 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6548 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6549 }; 6550 /** 6551 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 6552 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 6553 * 6554 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6555 * 6556 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 6557 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 6558 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 6559 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 6560 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 6561 * frame including the headers. 6562 * 6563 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6564 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 6565 */ 6566 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 6567 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 6568 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 6569 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 6570 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 6571 /* keep last */ 6572 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 6573 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 6574 }; 6575 /* 6576 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 6577 * mandatory fields. 6578 */ 6579 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 6580 /** 6581 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 6582 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 6583 * 6584 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6585 * 6586 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 6587 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 6588 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 6589 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 6590 * frame template (binary). 6591 * 6592 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6593 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 6594 */ 6595 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 6596 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6597 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 6598 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 6599 /* keep last */ 6600 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6601 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 6602 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 6603 }; 6604 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */